ASTContext.cpp revision 708a86690469474f0a8149abca71aa4c62bf9710
15821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 25821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// 35821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 45821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// 55821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 65821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 75821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// 82a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 92a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)// 102a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)// 125821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 135821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 142a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 152a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 162a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 222a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 232a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 242a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 252a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 262a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 272a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 282a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 292a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 302a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 312a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 322a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 332a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "CXXABI.h" 342a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 352a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)using namespace clang; 362a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 372a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 382a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 392a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 402a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 412a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 422a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 432a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 442a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 452a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 462a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)enum FloatingRank { 472a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)}; 492a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void 512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 532a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 542a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 552a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 562a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 592a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) PEnd = Params->end(); 612a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) P != PEnd; ++P) { 622a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 632a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddInteger(0); 642a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 652a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) continue; 662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddInteger(1); 702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 712a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddBoolean(true); 742a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 752a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) 762a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr()); 772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } else 782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddBoolean(false); 792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) continue; 802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ID.AddInteger(2); 842a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Profile(ID, TTP); 852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 862a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 892a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 902a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 912a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 922a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 932a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) void *InsertPos = 0; 952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 972a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Canonical) 982a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return Canonical->getParam(); 992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 1002a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Build a canonical template parameter list. 1012a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 1022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 1032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 1045821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 1055821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) PEnd = Params->end(); 1062a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) P != PEnd; ++P) { 1072a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 1082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) CanonParams.push_back( 1092a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1102a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 1112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 1122a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TTP->isParameterPack())); 1132a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 1142a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 1152a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 1162a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 1172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 1182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 1192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 1202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 1212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 1222a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 1232a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 1242a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 1252a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 1262a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 1272a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1282a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation(), 1295821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) NTTP->getDepth(), 1305821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 1315821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) T, 1322a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TInfo, 1335821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ExpandedTypes.data(), 1342a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ExpandedTypes.size(), 1355821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ExpandedTInfos.data()); 1365821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } else { 1375821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1385821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation(), 1395821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) NTTP->getDepth(), 1405821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 1415821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) T, 1425821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) NTTP->isParameterPack(), 1435821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) TInfo); 1445821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 1455821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) CanonParams.push_back(Param); 1465821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1475821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } else 1482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 1495821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 1502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 1512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 1522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 1532a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1545821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 1555821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) TTP->getPosition(), 1565821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) TTP->isParameterPack(), 1572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 0, 1582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 1595821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation(), 1602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) CanonParams.data(), 1615821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) CanonParams.size(), 1622a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation())); 1632a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 1642a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1652a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 1672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) (void)Canonical; 1682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 1692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 1702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 1715821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 1722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return CanonTTP; 1732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 1745821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1755821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 1762a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 1772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 1782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 1792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case CXXABI_ARM: 1802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 1812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case CXXABI_Itanium: 1822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 1832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case CXXABI_Microsoft: 1842a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 1852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 1862a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return 0; 1872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 1882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 1892a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 1902a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const TargetInfo &t, 1912a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 1922a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Builtin::Context &builtins, 1932a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned size_reserve) : 1942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 1952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 1962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false), 1972a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0), 1982a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0), 1992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 2002a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 2012a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 2022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t), 2032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 2042a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) BuiltinInfo(builtins), 2055821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) DeclarationNames(*this), 2065821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 2075821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) LastSDM(0, 0), 2082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) { 2092a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType(); 2105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType(); 2112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType(); 2125821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 2132a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 2145821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinTypes(); 2155821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} 2162a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 2182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 2192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 2202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 2212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2222a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Call all of the deallocation functions. 2232a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 2245821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 2255821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2265821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods. 2272a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator 2285821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end(); 2295821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 2302a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) OM->second.Destroy(); 2315821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2325821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 2332a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // because they can contain DenseMaps. 2342a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 2352a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 2362a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 2372a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 2385821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 2395821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) R->Destroy(*this); 2402a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2412a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 2422a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 2432a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 2442a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 2452a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) R->Destroy(*this); 2462a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 2472a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 2492a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 2502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) A != AEnd; ++A) 2512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) A->second->~AttrVec(); 2522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 2535821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2542a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 2552a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 2562a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 2572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void 2592a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 2602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 2615821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} 2625821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2635821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 2645821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n"); 2655821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size()); 2662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned counts[] = { 2682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 2692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 2702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2712a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 0 // Extra 2722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) }; 2732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2742a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 2752a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Type *T = Types[i]; 2762a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 2772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 2782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned Idx = 0; 2802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 2812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 2822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (counts[Idx]) \ 2832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \ 2842a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 2852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ++Idx; 2862a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 2872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2892a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes)); 2902a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 2912a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Implicit special member functions. 2922a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n", 2932a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared, 2942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NumImplicitDefaultConstructors); 2952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n", 2962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared, 2972a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NumImplicitCopyConstructors); 2982a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n", 2992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared, 3002a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators); 3012a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n", 3022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors); 3032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3042a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (ExternalSource.get()) { 3052a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fprintf(stderr, "\n"); 3062a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 3072a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 3082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3092a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 3102a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 3112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3122a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3132a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 3142a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 3152a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3162a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Types.push_back(Ty); 3172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 3182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() { 3202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 3212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3222a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // C99 6.2.5p19. 3232a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 3242a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3252a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // C99 6.2.5p2. 3262a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 3272a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // C99 6.2.5p3. 3282a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 3292a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 3302a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) else 3312a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 3322a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // C99 6.2.5p4. 3332a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 3342a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 3352a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 3362a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 3372a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 3382a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3392a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // C99 6.2.5p6. 3402a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 3412a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 3422a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 3432a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 3442a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 3452a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3462a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // C99 6.2.5p10. 3472a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 3482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 3492a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 3502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 3522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 3532a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 3542a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3552a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 3562a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (!LangOpts.ShortWChar) 3572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 3582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 3592a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 3602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } else // C99 3612a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 3622a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3632a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 3642a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 3652a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) else // C99 3662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 3672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 3692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 3702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) else // C99 3712a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 3722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 3742a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 3752a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 3765821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 3772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // expressions. 3782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 3792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Placeholder type for functions. 3812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 3822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // C99 6.2.5p11. 3842a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 3852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 3862a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 3872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) BuiltinVaListType = QualType(); 3892a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3902a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope(). 3912a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType(); 3922a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType(); 3932a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType(); 3942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 3952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 3962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 3972a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 3982a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 3992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4005821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 4015821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 4022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // void * type 4032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 4042a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4052a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 4062a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 4072a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 4082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4095821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 4105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 4112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 4122a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4132a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 4142a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 4152a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (!Result) { 4165821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 4172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 4182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 4192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return *Result; 4212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 4222a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4232a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 4242a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 4252a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 4262a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 4272a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 4282a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 4292a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 4302a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 4312a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4322a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4335821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)MemberSpecializationInfo * 4345821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 4352a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 4362a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 4372a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 4382a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 4392a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return 0; 4402a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4412a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second; 4422a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 4432a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4442a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void 4452a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 4465821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 4472a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 4482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 4492a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 4502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 4512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 4522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 4532a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 4542a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 4552a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4562a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)NamedDecl * 4572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 4582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 4592a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 4602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 4612a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return 0; 4622a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4632a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second; 4642a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 465c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) 4662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void 4672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 4682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 4692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 4702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 4712a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 4722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 4732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 474c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)} 4752a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 476c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)UsingShadowDecl * 4772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 4782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 4792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 4802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 4812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return 0; 4822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second; 484c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)} 4852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 486c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)void 4872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 4882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 4892a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 4902a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 4912a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 4922a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4932a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 4942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 4952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 4962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 4972a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return 0; 4982a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 4992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second; 5002a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 5012a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 5032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 5042a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 5052a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 5062a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 5072a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 5082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 509c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 5105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} 5115821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 5125821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 5135821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 5142a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 5152a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 5162a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 5172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return 0; 5182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second.begin(); 5202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 5212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5225821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 5235821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 5242a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 5252a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 5265821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 5275821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return 0; 5282a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5295821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second.end(); 5302a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 5315821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 5322a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned 5332a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 5342a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 5352a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 5362a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 5372a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return 0; 5382a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5392a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second.size(); 5405821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} 5412a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5422a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 5432a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 5442a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 5452a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 5462a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5472a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)// Type Sizing and Analysis 5492a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 5522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// scalar floating point type. 553c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 5542a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5552a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 5562a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) switch (BT->getKind()) { 5572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!"); 5582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat(); 5592a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat(); 5602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat(); 5612a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 5622a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 5632a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5642a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 565c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 5662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// this method will assert on them. 5672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 5682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 5692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 5702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth(); 5712a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 5732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 5742a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = AlignFromAttr; 5752a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 576c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 5772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 5782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 5792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // 5802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can 5812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 5822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 5832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 5842a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 5852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } else { 5862a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 5872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 5882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 589c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) 5905821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 5915821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // else about the declaration and its type. 5925821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 5935821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // do nothing 5942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 5952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 5962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) QualType T = VD->getType(); 5975821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 5985821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (RefAsPointee) 5992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) T = RT->getPointeeType(); 6002a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) else 6012a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 6022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 6032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 6042a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 6052a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // large-array alignment on the target. 6062a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 6072a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const ArrayType *arrayType; 6082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 6092a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 6102a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign()); 6112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 6122a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 6132a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign()); 6142a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6152a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 6162a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 6172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 6182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 6192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 6202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 6222a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 6232a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 6242a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 6255821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 6262a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 6272a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // So calculate the alignment of the field. 6282a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 6292a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6302a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Start with the record's overall alignment. 6312a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 6322a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6332a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 6342a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 6352a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (offset > 0) { 6362a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 6372a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 6382a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 6392a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 6402a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 6412a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 6422a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6432a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 6442a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 6452a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 6462a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6472a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 6482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 6492a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 6512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 6522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 6532a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 6542a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 6552a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 6562a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 6582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 6592a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 6602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)} 6612a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6622a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method 6632a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// does not work on incomplete types. 6642a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// 6652a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 6662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 6672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)/// should take a QualType, &c. 6682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 6692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 6702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) uint64_t Width=0; 6712a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned Align=8; 6722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 6732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6742a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6752a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 6762a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) assert(false && "Should not see dependent types"); 6792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 6802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::FunctionProto: 6832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 6842a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = 0; 6852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = 32; 6862a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 6872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::IncompleteArray: 6892a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::VariableArray: 6902a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = 0; 6912a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 6922a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 6932a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::ConstantArray: { 6952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 6962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 6972a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 6982a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 6992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = EltInfo.second; 7002a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7012a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 7022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::ExtVector: 7032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::Vector: { 7042a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 7052a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 7062a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 7072a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Width; 7082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 7092a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 7102a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) if (Align & (Align-1)) { 7112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 7122a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 7132a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 7142a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7152a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 7162a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 7172a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::Builtin: 7182a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 7192a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!"); 7202a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Void: 7212a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 7222a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = 0; 7232a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = 8; 7242a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7252a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) 7262a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Bool: 7272a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getBoolWidth(); 7282a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getBoolAlign(); 7292a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7302a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7312a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Char_U: 7322a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::UChar: 7332a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::SChar: 7342a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getCharWidth(); 7352a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getCharAlign(); 7362a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7372a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 7382a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 7392a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getWCharWidth(); 7402a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getWCharAlign(); 7412a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7422a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Char16: 7432a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getChar16Width(); 7442a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getChar16Align(); 7452a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7462a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Char32: 7472a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getChar32Width(); 7482a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getChar32Align(); 7492a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7502a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::UShort: 7512a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Short: 7522a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getShortWidth(); 7532a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getShortAlign(); 7542a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7552a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::UInt: 7562a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Int: 7572a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getIntWidth(); 7582a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getIntAlign(); 7592a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7602a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::ULong: 7615821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Long: 7622a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getLongWidth(); 7632a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getLongAlign(); 7642a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7652a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 7662a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7672a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7682a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getLongLongAlign(); 7692a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7702a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Int128: 7712a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::UInt128: 7722a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = 128; 7732a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 7742a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7752a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Float: 7762a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getFloatWidth(); 7772a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getFloatAlign(); 7782a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7792a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::Double: 7802a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getDoubleWidth(); 7812a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getDoubleAlign(); 7822a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7832a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 7842a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth(); 7852a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign(); 7862a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7872a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 7882a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 7892a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 7902a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7912a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 7922a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 7932a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 7942a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); 7952a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); 7962a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7972a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 7982a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 7992a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 8002a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); 8012a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); 8022a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 8032a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::BlockPointer: { 8042a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); 8052a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); 8062a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); 8072a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) break; 8082a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) } 8092a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::LValueReference: 8102a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) case Type::RValueReference: { 8112a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 8122a99a7e74a7f215066514fe81d2bfa6639d9edddTorne (Richard Coles) // the pointer route. 8135821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); 8145821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); 815 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); 816 break; 817 } 818 case Type::Pointer: { 819 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); 820 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); 821 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); 822 break; 823 } 824 case Type::MemberPointer: { 825 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 826 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 827 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 828 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 829 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 830 break; 831 } 832 case Type::Complex: { 833 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 834 // size. 835 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 836 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 837 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 838 Align = EltInfo.second; 839 break; 840 } 841 case Type::ObjCObject: 842 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 843 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 844 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 845 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 846 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 847 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 848 break; 849 } 850 case Type::Record: 851 case Type::Enum: { 852 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 853 854 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 855 Width = 1; 856 Align = 1; 857 break; 858 } 859 860 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 861 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 862 863 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 864 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 865 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 866 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 867 break; 868 } 869 870 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 871 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 872 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 873 874 case Type::Auto: { 875 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 876 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 877 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 878 } 879 880 case Type::Paren: 881 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 882 883 case Type::Typedef: { 884 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 885 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 886 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 887 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 888 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 889 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 890 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 891 Align = AttrAlign; 892 else 893 Align = Info.second; 894 Width = Info.first; 895 break; 896 } 897 898 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 899 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 900 .getTypePtr()); 901 902 case Type::TypeOf: 903 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 904 905 case Type::Decltype: 906 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 907 .getTypePtr()); 908 909 case Type::Elaborated: 910 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 911 912 case Type::Attributed: 913 return getTypeInfo( 914 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 915 916 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 917 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 918 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 919 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template 920 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that 921 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it. 922 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 923 } 924 925 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 926 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 927} 928 929/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 930CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 931 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 932} 933 934/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 935int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 936 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 937} 938 939/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 940/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 941CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 942 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 943} 944CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 945 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 946} 947 948/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 949/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 950CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 951 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 952} 953CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 954 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 955} 956 957/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 958/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 959/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 960/// a data type. 961unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 962 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 963 964 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 965 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 966 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 967 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 968 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong)) 969 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 970 971 return ABIAlign; 972} 973 974/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars - 975/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class. 976/// 977void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 978 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 979 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which 980 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 982 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 983 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 984 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 985} 986 987/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 988/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 989/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 990/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 991/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 992/// 993void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 994 bool leafClass, 995 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 996 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 997 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 998 if (!leafClass) { 999 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1000 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1001 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1002 } 1003 else 1004 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars); 1005} 1006 1007/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1008/// those inherited by it. 1009void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1010 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1011 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1012 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1013 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1014 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1015 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1016 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1017 Protocols.insert(Proto); 1018 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1019 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1020 Protocols.insert(*P); 1021 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1022 } 1023 } 1024 1025 // Categories of this Interface. 1026 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1027 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1028 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1029 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1030 while (SD) { 1031 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1032 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1033 } 1034 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1035 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1036 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1037 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1038 Protocols.insert(Proto); 1039 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1040 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1041 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1042 } 1043 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1044 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1045 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1046 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1047 Protocols.insert(Proto); 1048 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1049 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1050 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1051 } 1052 } 1053} 1054 1055unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1056 unsigned count = 0; 1057 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1058 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1059 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1060 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1061 1062 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1063 // includes synthesized ivars. 1064 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1065 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1066 1067 return count; 1068} 1069 1070/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1071ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1072 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1073 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1074 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1075 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1076 return 0; 1077} 1078/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1079ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1080 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1081 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1082 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1083 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1084 return 0; 1085} 1086 1087/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1088void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1089 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1090 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1091 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1092} 1093/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1094void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1095 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1096 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1097 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1098} 1099 1100/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1101/// none exists. 1102Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1103 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1104 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1105 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1106 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1107 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1108 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1109} 1110 1111/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1112void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1113 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1114 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1115 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1116 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1117} 1118 1119/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo. 1120/// 1121/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using 1122/// the TypeLoc wrappers. 1123/// 1124/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type 1125/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to 1126/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to. 1127TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1128 unsigned DataSize) const { 1129 if (!DataSize) 1130 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1131 else 1132 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1133 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1134 1135 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1136 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1137 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1138 return TInfo; 1139} 1140 1141TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1142 SourceLocation L) const { 1143 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1144 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1145 return DI; 1146} 1147 1148const ASTRecordLayout & 1149ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1150 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1151} 1152 1153const ASTRecordLayout & 1154ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1155 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1156 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1157} 1158 1159//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1160// Type creation/memoization methods 1161//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1162 1163QualType 1164ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1165 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1166 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1167 1168 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1169 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1170 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1171 void *insertPos = 0; 1172 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1173 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1174 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1175 } 1176 1177 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1178 QualType canon; 1179 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1180 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1181 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1182 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second); 1183 1184 // Re-find the insert position. 1185 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1186 } 1187 1188 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1189 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1190 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1191} 1192 1193QualType 1194ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1195 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1196 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1197 return T; 1198 1199 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1200 // into one ExtQuals node. 1201 QualifierCollector Quals; 1202 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1203 1204 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1205 // another one. 1206 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1207 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1208 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1209 1210 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1211} 1212 1213QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1214 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1215 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1216 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1217 return T; 1218 1219 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1220 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1221 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1222 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1223 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1224 } 1225 } 1226 1227 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1228 // into one ExtQuals node. 1229 QualifierCollector Quals; 1230 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1231 1232 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1233 // another one. 1234 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1235 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1236 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1237 1238 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1239} 1240 1241const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1242 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1243 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1244 return T; 1245 1246 QualType Result; 1247 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1248 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1249 } else { 1250 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1251 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1252 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1253 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1254 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1255 } 1256 1257 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1258} 1259 1260/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1261/// number with the specified element type. 1262QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1263 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1264 // structure. 1265 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1266 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1267 1268 void *InsertPos = 0; 1269 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1270 return QualType(CT, 0); 1271 1272 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1273 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1274 QualType Canonical; 1275 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1276 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1277 1278 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1279 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1280 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1281 } 1282 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1283 Types.push_back(New); 1284 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1285 return QualType(New, 0); 1286} 1287 1288/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1289/// the specified type. 1290QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1291 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1292 // structure. 1293 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1294 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1295 1296 void *InsertPos = 0; 1297 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1298 return QualType(PT, 0); 1299 1300 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1301 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1302 QualType Canonical; 1303 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1304 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1305 1306 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1307 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1308 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1309 } 1310 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1311 Types.push_back(New); 1312 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1313 return QualType(New, 0); 1314} 1315 1316/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1317/// a pointer to the specified block. 1318QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1319 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1320 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1321 // structure. 1322 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1323 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1324 1325 void *InsertPos = 0; 1326 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1327 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1328 return QualType(PT, 0); 1329 1330 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1331 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1332 QualType Canonical; 1333 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1334 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1335 1336 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1337 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1338 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1339 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1340 } 1341 BlockPointerType *New 1342 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1343 Types.push_back(New); 1344 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1345 return QualType(New, 0); 1346} 1347 1348/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1349/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 1350QualType 1351ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 1352 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1353 // structure. 1354 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1355 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 1356 1357 void *InsertPos = 0; 1358 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 1359 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1360 return QualType(RT, 0); 1361 1362 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1363 1364 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1365 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1366 QualType Canonical; 1367 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1368 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1369 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1370 1371 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1372 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1373 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1374 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1375 } 1376 1377 LValueReferenceType *New 1378 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 1379 SpelledAsLValue); 1380 Types.push_back(New); 1381 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1382 1383 return QualType(New, 0); 1384} 1385 1386/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1387/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 1388QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 1389 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1390 // structure. 1391 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1392 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 1393 1394 void *InsertPos = 0; 1395 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 1396 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1397 return QualType(RT, 0); 1398 1399 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1400 1401 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1402 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1403 QualType Canonical; 1404 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1405 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1406 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1407 1408 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1409 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1410 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1411 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1412 } 1413 1414 RValueReferenceType *New 1415 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 1416 Types.push_back(New); 1417 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1418 return QualType(New, 0); 1419} 1420 1421/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 1422/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 1423QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 1424 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1425 // structure. 1426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1427 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 1428 1429 void *InsertPos = 0; 1430 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 1431 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1432 return QualType(PT, 0); 1433 1434 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1435 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1436 QualType Canonical; 1437 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1438 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 1439 1440 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1441 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 1442 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1443 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1444 } 1445 MemberPointerType *New 1446 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 1447 Types.push_back(New); 1448 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1449 return QualType(New, 0); 1450} 1451 1452/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 1453/// array of the specified element type. 1454QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1455 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 1456 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1457 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 1458 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 1459 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 1460 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 1461 1462 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 1463 // the target. 1464 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 1465 ArySize = 1466 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace())); 1467 1468 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1469 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1470 1471 void *InsertPos = 0; 1472 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 1473 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1474 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1475 1476 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 1477 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1478 QualType Canon; 1479 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1480 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1481 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize, 1482 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1483 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second); 1484 1485 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1486 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 1487 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1488 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1489 } 1490 1491 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 1492 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1493 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1494 Types.push_back(New); 1495 return QualType(New, 0); 1496} 1497 1498/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 1499/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 1500/// sizes replaced with [*]. 1501QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 1502 // Vastly most common case. 1503 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 1504 1505 QualType result; 1506 1507 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 1508 const Type *ty = split.first; 1509 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 1510#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1511#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1512#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1513#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1514 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 1515 1516 // These types should never be variably-modified. 1517 case Type::Builtin: 1518 case Type::Complex: 1519 case Type::Vector: 1520 case Type::ExtVector: 1521 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 1522 case Type::ObjCObject: 1523 case Type::ObjCInterface: 1524 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1525 case Type::Record: 1526 case Type::Enum: 1527 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 1528 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1529 case Type::TypeOf: 1530 case Type::Decltype: 1531 case Type::DependentName: 1532 case Type::InjectedClassName: 1533 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 1534 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 1535 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 1536 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 1537 case Type::Auto: 1538 case Type::PackExpansion: 1539 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 1540 1541 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 1542 // further decay. 1543 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1544 case Type::FunctionProto: 1545 case Type::BlockPointer: 1546 case Type::MemberPointer: 1547 return type; 1548 1549 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 1550 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 1551 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 1552 // optimizations available here. 1553 case Type::Pointer: 1554 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 1555 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 1556 break; 1557 1558 case Type::LValueReference: { 1559 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 1560 result = getLValueReferenceType( 1561 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 1562 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 1563 break; 1564 } 1565 1566 case Type::RValueReference: { 1567 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 1568 result = getRValueReferenceType( 1569 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 1570 break; 1571 } 1572 1573 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1574 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 1575 result = getConstantArrayType( 1576 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 1577 cat->getSize(), 1578 cat->getSizeModifier(), 1579 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 1580 break; 1581 } 1582 1583 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 1584 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 1585 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 1586 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 1587 dat->getSizeExpr(), 1588 dat->getSizeModifier(), 1589 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1590 dat->getBracketsRange()); 1591 break; 1592 } 1593 1594 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 1595 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 1596 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 1597 result = getVariableArrayType( 1598 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 1599 /*size*/ 0, 1600 ArrayType::Normal, 1601 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1602 SourceRange()); 1603 break; 1604 } 1605 1606 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 1607 case Type::VariableArray: { 1608 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 1609 result = getVariableArrayType( 1610 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 1611 /*size*/ 0, 1612 ArrayType::Star, 1613 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1614 vat->getBracketsRange()); 1615 break; 1616 } 1617 } 1618 1619 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 1620 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second); 1621} 1622 1623/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 1624/// variable array of the specified element type. 1625QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1626 Expr *NumElts, 1627 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1628 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 1629 SourceRange Brackets) const { 1630 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 1631 // that have an expression provided for their size. 1632 QualType Canon; 1633 1634 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 1635 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1636 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1637 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM, 1638 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 1639 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second); 1640 } 1641 1642 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 1643 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 1644 1645 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 1646 Types.push_back(New); 1647 return QualType(New, 0); 1648} 1649 1650/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 1651/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 1652/// type. 1653QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 1654 Expr *numElements, 1655 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1656 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 1657 SourceRange brackets) const { 1658 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 1659 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 1660 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 1661 1662 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 1663 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 1664 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 1665 // because they can't be used in most locations. 1666 if (!numElements) { 1667 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 1668 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1669 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 1670 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 1671 brackets); 1672 Types.push_back(newType); 1673 return QualType(newType, 0); 1674 } 1675 1676 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 1677 // also build a canonical type. 1678 1679 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 1680 1681 void *insertPos = 0; 1682 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1683 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 1684 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0), 1685 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 1686 1687 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 1688 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 1689 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1690 1691 // If we don't have one, build one. 1692 if (!canonTy) { 1693 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1694 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0), 1695 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 1696 brackets); 1697 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 1698 Types.push_back(canonTy); 1699 } 1700 1701 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 1702 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 1703 canonElementType.second); 1704 1705 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 1706 // then just use that as our result. 1707 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType) 1708 return canon; 1709 1710 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 1711 // of the element type. 1712 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 1713 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1714 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 1715 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 1716 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 1717 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 1718} 1719 1720QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 1721 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1722 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 1723 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1724 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 1725 1726 void *insertPos = 0; 1727 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 1728 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 1729 return QualType(iat, 0); 1730 1731 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1732 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 1733 // qualifiers off the element type. 1734 QualType canon; 1735 1736 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1737 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 1738 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), 1739 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 1740 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second); 1741 1742 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1743 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 1744 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1745 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 1746 } 1747 1748 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1749 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 1750 1751 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 1752 Types.push_back(newType); 1753 return QualType(newType, 0); 1754} 1755 1756/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 1757/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 1758QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 1759 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 1760 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 1761 1762 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 1763 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1764 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 1765 1766 void *InsertPos = 0; 1767 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1768 return QualType(VTP, 0); 1769 1770 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1771 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1772 QualType Canonical; 1773 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 1774 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 1775 1776 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1777 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1778 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1779 } 1780 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1781 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 1782 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1783 Types.push_back(New); 1784 return QualType(New, 0); 1785} 1786 1787/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 1788/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 1789QualType 1790ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 1791 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 1792 1793 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 1794 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1795 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 1796 VectorType::GenericVector); 1797 void *InsertPos = 0; 1798 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1799 return QualType(VTP, 0); 1800 1801 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1802 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1803 QualType Canonical; 1804 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 1805 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 1806 1807 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1808 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1809 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1810 } 1811 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1812 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 1813 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1814 Types.push_back(New); 1815 return QualType(New, 0); 1816} 1817 1818QualType 1819ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 1820 Expr *SizeExpr, 1821 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 1822 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1823 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 1824 SizeExpr); 1825 1826 void *InsertPos = 0; 1827 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 1828 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1829 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 1830 if (Canon) { 1831 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 1832 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 1833 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1834 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 1835 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 1836 } else { 1837 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 1838 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 1839 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1840 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 1841 AttrLoc); 1842 1843 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 1844 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1845 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 1846 (void)CanonCheck; 1847 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1848 } else { 1849 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 1850 SourceLocation()); 1851 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1852 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 1853 } 1854 } 1855 1856 Types.push_back(New); 1857 return QualType(New, 0); 1858} 1859 1860/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 1861/// 1862QualType 1863ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 1864 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 1865 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 1866 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 1867 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 1868 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 1869 // structure. 1870 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1871 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 1872 1873 void *InsertPos = 0; 1874 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 1875 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1876 return QualType(FT, 0); 1877 1878 QualType Canonical; 1879 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 1880 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 1881 Canonical = 1882 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 1883 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 1884 1885 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1886 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 1887 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1888 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1889 } 1890 1891 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 1892 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1893 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 1894 Types.push_back(New); 1895 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1896 return QualType(New, 0); 1897} 1898 1899/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 1900/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 1901QualType 1902ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 1903 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 1904 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 1905 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 1906 // structure. 1907 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1908 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI); 1909 1910 void *InsertPos = 0; 1911 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 1912 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1913 return QualType(FTP, 0); 1914 1915 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 1916 bool isCanonical = !EPI.HasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical(); 1917 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 1918 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 1919 isCanonical = false; 1920 1921 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 1922 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 1923 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 1924 1925 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 1926 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 1927 QualType Canonical; 1928 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 1929 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 1930 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 1931 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 1932 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 1933 1934 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 1935 if (CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec) { 1936 CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec = false; 1937 CanonicalEPI.HasAnyExceptionSpec = false; 1938 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 1939 } 1940 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 1941 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 1942 1943 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 1944 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 1945 CanonicalEPI); 1946 1947 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1948 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 1949 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1950 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1951 } 1952 1953 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them 1954 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the 1955 // end of them. 1956 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 1957 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType) + 1958 EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 1959 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 1960 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 1961 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 1962 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 1963 Types.push_back(FTP); 1964 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 1965 return QualType(FTP, 0); 1966} 1967 1968#ifndef NDEBUG 1969static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 1970 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 1971 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 1972 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 1973 return true; 1974 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 1975 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 1976 return true; 1977 return false; 1978} 1979#endif 1980 1981/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 1982/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 1983QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 1984 QualType TST) const { 1985 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 1986 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 1987 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 1988 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 1989 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 1990 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 1991 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 1992 } else { 1993 Type *newType = 1994 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 1995 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 1996 Types.push_back(newType); 1997 } 1998 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1999} 2000 2001/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2002/// specified type declaration. 2003QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2004 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2005 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2006 2007 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl)) 2008 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2009 2010 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2011 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2012 2013 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2014 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() && 2015 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2016 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2017 return getRecordType(Record); 2018 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2019 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() && 2020 "enum has previous declaration"); 2021 return getEnumType(Enum); 2022 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2023 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2024 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2025 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2026 Types.push_back(newType); 2027 } else 2028 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2029 2030 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2031} 2032 2033/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2034/// specified typename decl. 2035QualType 2036ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) const { 2037 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2038 2039 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2040 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2041 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2042 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2043 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2044 Types.push_back(newType); 2045 return QualType(newType, 0); 2046} 2047 2048QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2049 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2050 2051 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 2052 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2053 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2054 2055 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2056 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2057 Types.push_back(newType); 2058 return QualType(newType, 0); 2059} 2060 2061QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2062 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2063 2064 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 2065 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2066 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2067 2068 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2069 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2070 Types.push_back(newType); 2071 return QualType(newType, 0); 2072} 2073 2074QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2075 QualType modifiedType, 2076 QualType equivalentType) { 2077 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2078 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2079 2080 void *insertPos = 0; 2081 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2082 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2083 2084 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2085 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2086 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2087 2088 Types.push_back(type); 2089 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2090 2091 return QualType(type, 0); 2092} 2093 2094 2095/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2096QualType 2097ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2098 QualType Replacement) const { 2099 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2100 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2101 2102 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2103 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2104 void *InsertPos = 0; 2105 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2106 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2107 2108 if (!SubstParm) { 2109 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2110 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2111 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2112 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2113 } 2114 2115 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2116} 2117 2118/// \brief Retrieve a 2119QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2120 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2121 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2122#ifndef NDEBUG 2123 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2124 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2125 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2126 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2127 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2128 } 2129#endif 2130 2131 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2132 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2133 void *InsertPos = 0; 2134 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2135 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2136 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2137 2138 QualType Canon; 2139 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2140 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2141 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2142 ArgPack); 2143 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2144 } 2145 2146 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2147 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2148 ArgPack); 2149 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2150 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2151 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2152} 2153 2154/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2155/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2156/// name. 2157QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2158 bool ParameterPack, 2159 IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 2160 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2161 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name); 2162 void *InsertPos = 0; 2163 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2164 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2165 2166 if (TypeParm) 2167 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2168 2169 if (Name) { 2170 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2171 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2172 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon); 2173 2174 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2175 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2176 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2177 (void)TypeCheck; 2178 } else 2179 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2180 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2181 2182 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2183 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2184 2185 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2186} 2187 2188TypeSourceInfo * 2189ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2190 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2191 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2192 QualType CanonType) const { 2193 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2194 "No dependent template names here!"); 2195 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType); 2196 2197 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2198 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2199 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2200 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2201 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2202 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2203 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2204 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2205 return DI; 2206} 2207 2208QualType 2209ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2210 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2211 QualType Canon) const { 2212 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2213 "No dependent template names here!"); 2214 2215 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2216 2217 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2218 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2219 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2220 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2221 2222 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2223 Canon); 2224} 2225 2226QualType 2227ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2228 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2229 unsigned NumArgs, 2230 QualType Canon) const { 2231 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2232 "No dependent template names here!"); 2233 // Look through qualified template names. 2234 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2235 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2236 2237 if (!Canon.isNull()) 2238 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon); 2239 else 2240 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs); 2241 2242 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2243 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2244 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2245 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2246 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2247 TypeAlignment); 2248 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2249 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, 2250 Args, NumArgs, 2251 Canon); 2252 2253 Types.push_back(Spec); 2254 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2255} 2256 2257QualType 2258ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2259 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2260 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2261 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2262 "No dependent template names here!"); 2263 // Look through qualified template names. 2264 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2265 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2266 2267 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2268 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2269 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2270 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2271 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2272 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2273 2274 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2275 // exists. 2276 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2277 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2278 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2279 2280 void *InsertPos = 0; 2281 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2282 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2283 2284 if (!Spec) { 2285 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2286 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2287 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2288 TypeAlignment); 2289 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2290 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2291 QualType()); 2292 Types.push_back(Spec); 2293 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 2294 } 2295 2296 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 2297 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 2298 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2299} 2300 2301QualType 2302ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2303 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2304 QualType NamedType) const { 2305 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2306 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 2307 2308 void *InsertPos = 0; 2309 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2310 if (T) 2311 return QualType(T, 0); 2312 2313 QualType Canon = NamedType; 2314 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2315 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 2316 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2317 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 2318 (void)CheckT; 2319 } 2320 2321 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 2322 Types.push_back(T); 2323 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2324 return QualType(T, 0); 2325} 2326 2327QualType 2328ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 2329 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2330 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 2331 2332 void *InsertPos = 0; 2333 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2334 if (T) 2335 return QualType(T, 0); 2336 2337 QualType Canon = InnerType; 2338 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2339 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 2340 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2341 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 2342 (void)CheckT; 2343 } 2344 2345 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 2346 Types.push_back(T); 2347 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2348 return QualType(T, 0); 2349} 2350 2351QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2352 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2353 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2354 QualType Canon) const { 2355 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2356 2357 if (Canon.isNull()) { 2358 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2359 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2360 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 2361 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2362 2363 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 2364 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 2365 } 2366 2367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2368 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 2369 2370 void *InsertPos = 0; 2371 DependentNameType *T 2372 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2373 if (T) 2374 return QualType(T, 0); 2375 2376 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 2377 Types.push_back(T); 2378 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2379 return QualType(T, 0); 2380} 2381 2382QualType 2383ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2384 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2385 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2386 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2387 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 2388 // TODO: avoid this copy 2389 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 2390 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 2391 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 2392 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 2393 ArgCopy.size(), 2394 ArgCopy.data()); 2395} 2396 2397QualType 2398ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2399 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2400 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2401 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2402 unsigned NumArgs, 2403 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 2404 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 2405 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2406 2407 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2408 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 2409 Name, NumArgs, Args); 2410 2411 void *InsertPos = 0; 2412 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 2413 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2414 if (T) 2415 return QualType(T, 0); 2416 2417 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2418 2419 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2420 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2421 2422 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 2423 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 2424 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 2425 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 2426 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 2427 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 2428 } 2429 2430 QualType Canon; 2431 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 2432 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 2433 Name, NumArgs, 2434 CanonArgs.data()); 2435 2436 // Find the insert position again. 2437 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2438 } 2439 2440 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 2441 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2442 TypeAlignment); 2443 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 2444 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 2445 Types.push_back(T); 2446 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2447 return QualType(T, 0); 2448} 2449 2450QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 2451 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 2452 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2453 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 2454 2455 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 2456 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 2457 void *InsertPos = 0; 2458 PackExpansionType *T 2459 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2460 if (T) 2461 return QualType(T, 0); 2462 2463 QualType Canon; 2464 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 2465 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 2466 2467 // Find the insert position again. 2468 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2469 } 2470 2471 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 2472 Types.push_back(T); 2473 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2474 return QualType(T, 0); 2475} 2476 2477/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 2478/// alphabetically. 2479static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 2480 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 2481 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 2482} 2483 2484static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2485 unsigned NumProtocols) { 2486 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 2487 2488 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 2489 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i])) 2490 return false; 2491 return true; 2492} 2493 2494static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 2495 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 2496 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 2497 2498 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 2499 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 2500 2501 // Remove duplicates. 2502 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 2503 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 2504} 2505 2506QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 2507 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2508 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 2509 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 2510 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 2511 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 2512 return BaseType; 2513 2514 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 2515 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2516 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2517 void *InsertPos = 0; 2518 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2519 return QualType(QT, 0); 2520 2521 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 2522 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 2523 QualType Canonical; 2524 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 2525 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 2526 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 2527 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 2528 Protocols + NumProtocols); 2529 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 2530 2531 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2532 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2533 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2534 } else { 2535 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2536 Protocols, NumProtocols); 2537 } 2538 2539 // Regenerate InsertPos. 2540 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2541 } 2542 2543 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 2544 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 2545 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2546 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 2547 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2548 2549 Types.push_back(T); 2550 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2551 return QualType(T, 0); 2552} 2553 2554/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 2555/// the given object type. 2556QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 2557 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2558 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 2559 2560 void *InsertPos = 0; 2561 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 2562 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2563 return QualType(QT, 0); 2564 2565 // Find the canonical object type. 2566 QualType Canonical; 2567 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 2568 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 2569 2570 // Regenerate InsertPos. 2571 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2572 } 2573 2574 // No match. 2575 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 2576 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 2577 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 2578 2579 Types.push_back(QType); 2580 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 2581 return QualType(QType, 0); 2582} 2583 2584/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2585/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 2586QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const { 2587 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 2588 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2589 2590 // FIXME: redeclarations? 2591 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 2592 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 2593 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 2594 Types.push_back(T); 2595 return QualType(T, 0); 2596} 2597 2598/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 2599/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 2600/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 2601/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2602/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2603QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 2604 TypeOfExprType *toe; 2605 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 2606 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2607 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 2608 2609 void *InsertPos = 0; 2610 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 2611 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2612 if (Canon) { 2613 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 2614 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 2615 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 2616 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 2617 } 2618 else { 2619 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 2620 Canon 2621 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 2622 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 2623 toe = Canon; 2624 } 2625 } else { 2626 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 2627 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 2628 } 2629 Types.push_back(toe); 2630 return QualType(toe, 0); 2631} 2632 2633/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 2634/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 2635/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 2636/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2637/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2638QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 2639 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 2640 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 2641 Types.push_back(tot); 2642 return QualType(tot, 0); 2643} 2644 2645/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that 2646/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4 2647static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) { 2648 if (e->isTypeDependent()) 2649 return Context.DependentTy; 2650 2651 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined 2652 // as the type of the entity named by e. 2653 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) { 2654 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) 2655 return VD->getType(); 2656 } 2657 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) { 2658 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2659 return FD->getType(); 2660 } 2661 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator, 2662 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the 2663 // return type of that function. 2664 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens())) 2665 return CE->getCallReturnType(); 2666 2667 QualType T = e->getType(); 2668 2669 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is 2670 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T. 2671 if (e->isLValue()) 2672 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); 2673 2674 return T; 2675} 2676 2677/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 2678/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 2679/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 2680/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2681/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2682QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const { 2683 DecltypeType *dt; 2684 if (e->isTypeDependent()) { 2685 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2686 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 2687 2688 void *InsertPos = 0; 2689 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 2690 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2691 if (Canon) { 2692 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 2693 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 2694 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy, 2695 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 2696 } 2697 else { 2698 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 2699 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 2700 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 2701 dt = Canon; 2702 } 2703 } else { 2704 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this); 2705 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T)); 2706 } 2707 Types.push_back(dt); 2708 return QualType(dt, 0); 2709} 2710 2711/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 2712QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 2713 void *InsertPos = 0; 2714 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 2715 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 2716 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2717 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 2718 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2719 return QualType(AT, 0); 2720 } 2721 2722 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 2723 Types.push_back(AT); 2724 if (InsertPos) 2725 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 2726 return QualType(AT, 0); 2727} 2728 2729/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2730/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 2731QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 2732 assert (Decl); 2733 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 2734 // away const? mutable? 2735 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 2736} 2737 2738/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 2739/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 2740/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 2741CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 2742 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType()); 2743} 2744 2745/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 2746/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 2747QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 2748 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 2749 return WCharTy; 2750} 2751 2752/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 2753/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 2754QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 2755 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 2756 return UnsignedIntTy; 2757} 2758 2759/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?) 2760/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 2761QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 2762 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0)); 2763} 2764 2765//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2766// Type Operators 2767//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2768 2769CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 2770 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 2771 // qualifiers. 2772 T = getCanonicalType(T); 2773 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 2774 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 2775 QualType Result; 2776 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 2777 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 2778 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 2779 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 2780 } else { 2781 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 2782 } 2783 2784 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 2785} 2786 2787 2788QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 2789 Qualifiers &quals) { 2790 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 2791 2792 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 2793 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 2794 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 2795 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 2796 const ArrayType *AT = 2797 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 2798 2799 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 2800 if (!AT) { 2801 quals = splitType.second; 2802 return QualType(splitType.first, 0); 2803 } 2804 2805 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 2806 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 2807 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 2808 2809 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 2810 // can just use the results in splitType. 2811 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 2812 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 2813 quals = splitType.second; 2814 return QualType(splitType.first, 0); 2815 } 2816 2817 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 2818 // build the type back up. 2819 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second); 2820 2821 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 2822 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 2823 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 2824 } 2825 2826 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 2827 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 2828 } 2829 2830 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 2831 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 2832 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 2833 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 2834 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2835 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 2836 } 2837 2838 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 2839 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 2840 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 2841 SourceRange()); 2842} 2843 2844/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 2845/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 2846/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 2847/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 2848/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 2849/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 2850/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 2851/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 2852bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 2853 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 2854 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 2855 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 2856 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 2857 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 2858 return true; 2859 } 2860 2861 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 2862 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 2863 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 2864 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 2865 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 2866 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 2867 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 2868 return true; 2869 } 2870 2871 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 2872 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 2873 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 2874 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 2875 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 2876 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 2877 return true; 2878 } 2879 } 2880 2881 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 2882 2883 return false; 2884} 2885 2886DeclarationNameInfo 2887ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 2888 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 2889 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) 2890 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 2891 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 2892 2893 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 2894 DeclarationName DName; 2895 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 2896 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 2897 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 2898 } else { 2899 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 2900 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 2901 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 2902 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 2903 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 2904 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 2905 } 2906 } 2907 2908 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 2909 assert(Storage); 2910 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 2911 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 2912} 2913 2914TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 2915 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 2916 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 2917 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 2918 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 2919 2920 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 2921 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 2922 } 2923 2924 if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *SubstPack 2925 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()) { 2926 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonParam 2927 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(SubstPack->getParameterPack()); 2928 TemplateArgument CanonArgPack 2929 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(SubstPack->getArgumentPack()); 2930 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(CanonParam, CanonArgPack); 2931 } 2932 2933 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate()); 2934 2935 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 2936 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 2937 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 2938} 2939 2940bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 2941 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 2942 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 2943 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 2944} 2945 2946TemplateArgument 2947ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 2948 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 2949 case TemplateArgument::Null: 2950 return Arg; 2951 2952 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 2953 return Arg; 2954 2955 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: 2956 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 2957 2958 case TemplateArgument::Template: 2959 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 2960 2961 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 2962 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 2963 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 2964 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 2965 2966 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 2967 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(), 2968 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 2969 2970 case TemplateArgument::Type: 2971 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 2972 2973 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 2974 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 2975 return Arg; 2976 2977 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 2978 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 2979 unsigned Idx = 0; 2980 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 2981 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 2982 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 2983 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 2984 2985 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 2986 } 2987 } 2988 2989 // Silence GCC warning 2990 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind"); 2991 return TemplateArgument(); 2992} 2993 2994NestedNameSpecifier * 2995ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 2996 if (!NNS) 2997 return 0; 2998 2999 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3000 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3001 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3002 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3003 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3004 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3005 3006 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3007 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3008 // this namespace and no prefix. 3009 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3010 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3011 3012 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3013 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3014 // this namespace and no prefix. 3015 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3016 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3017 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3018 3019 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3020 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3021 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3022 3023 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3024 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3025 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3026 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3027 // types, e.g., 3028 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3029 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3030 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) { 3031 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix 3032 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier()); 3033 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix, 3034 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3035 } 3036 3037 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations. 3038 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST 3039 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) { 3040 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix 3041 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier()); 3042 3043 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(), 3044 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(), 3045 DTST->getNumArgs(), 3046 DTST->getArgs()); 3047 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3048 } 3049 3050 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3051 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3052 } 3053 3054 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3055 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3056 return NNS; 3057 } 3058 3059 // Required to silence a GCC warning 3060 return 0; 3061} 3062 3063 3064const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3065 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3066 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3067 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3068 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3069 return AT; 3070 } 3071 3072 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3073 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3074 return 0; 3075 3076 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3077 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3078 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3079 3080 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3081 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3082 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3083 3084 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3085 Qualifiers qs = split.second; 3086 3087 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3088 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first); 3089 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3090 return ATy; 3091 3092 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3093 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3094 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3095 3096 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3097 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3098 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3099 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3100 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3101 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3102 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3103 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3104 3105 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3106 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3107 return cast<ArrayType>( 3108 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3109 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3110 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3111 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3112 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3113 3114 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3115 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3116 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3117 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3118 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3119 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3120} 3121 3122/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3123/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3124/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3125/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3126/// 3127/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3128QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3129 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3130 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3131 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3132 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3133 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3134 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3135 3136 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3137 3138 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3139 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3140} 3141 3142QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3143 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3144} 3145 3146QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3147 Qualifiers qs; 3148 while (true) { 3149 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3150 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3151 if (!array) break; 3152 3153 type = array->getElementType(); 3154 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second); 3155 } 3156 3157 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3158} 3159 3160/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3161uint64_t 3162ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3163 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3164 do { 3165 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3166 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3167 } while (CA); 3168 return ElementCount; 3169} 3170 3171/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 3172/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 3173static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 3174 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3175 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 3176 3177 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3178 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3179 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3180 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 3181 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 3182 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 3183 } 3184} 3185 3186/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 3187/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 3188/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 3189/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 3190QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 3191 QualType Domain) const { 3192 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 3193 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 3194 switch (EltRank) { 3195 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3196 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 3197 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 3198 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 3199 } 3200 } 3201 3202 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 3203 switch (EltRank) { 3204 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3205 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 3206 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 3207 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 3208 } 3209} 3210 3211/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 3212/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 3213/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3214/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3215int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3216 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 3217 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 3218 3219 if (LHSR == RHSR) 3220 return 0; 3221 if (LHSR > RHSR) 3222 return 1; 3223 return -1; 3224} 3225 3226/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 3227/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 3228/// or if it is not canonicalized. 3229unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 3230 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 3231 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 3232 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr(); 3233 3234 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) || 3235 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U)) 3236 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr(); 3237 3238 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16)) 3239 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr(); 3240 3241 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32)) 3242 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr(); 3243 3244 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 3245 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 3246 case BuiltinType::Bool: 3247 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 3248 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3249 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3250 case BuiltinType::SChar: 3251 case BuiltinType::UChar: 3252 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 3253 case BuiltinType::Short: 3254 case BuiltinType::UShort: 3255 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 3256 case BuiltinType::Int: 3257 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3258 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 3259 case BuiltinType::Long: 3260 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3261 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 3262 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 3263 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 3264 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 3265 case BuiltinType::Int128: 3266 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 3267 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 3268 } 3269} 3270 3271/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 3272/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 3273/// 3274/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 3275/// promotion occurs. 3276QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 3277 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 3278 return QualType(); 3279 3280 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 3281 if (!Field) 3282 return QualType(); 3283 3284 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 3285 3286 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this); 3287 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue(); 3288 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3289 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 3290 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 3291 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 3292 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 3293 return IntTy; 3294 3295 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 3296 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3297 3298 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 3299 // like the base type. 3300 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 3301 // is ridiculous. 3302 return QualType(); 3303} 3304 3305/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 3306/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 3307/// integer type. 3308QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 3309 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 3310 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 3311 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 3312 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 3313 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 3314 return IntTy; 3315 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable); 3316 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3317 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 3318 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3319} 3320 3321/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 3322/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3323/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3324int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3325 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 3326 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 3327 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 3328 3329 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3330 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3331 3332 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 3333 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 3334 3335 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 3336 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 3337 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 3338 } 3339 3340 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 3341 if (LHSUnsigned) { 3342 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 3343 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 3344 return 1; 3345 3346 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3347 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3348 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3349 return -1; 3350 } 3351 3352 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 3353 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 3354 return -1; 3355 3356 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3357 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3358 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3359 return 1; 3360} 3361 3362static RecordDecl * 3363CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC, 3364 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 3365 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3366 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id); 3367 else 3368 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id); 3369} 3370 3371// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 3372QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 3373 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 3374 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 3375 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3376 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 3377 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3378 3379 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 3380 3381 // const int *isa; 3382 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 3383 // int flags; 3384 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 3385 // const char *str; 3386 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 3387 // long length; 3388 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 3389 3390 // Create fields 3391 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3392 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 3393 SourceLocation(), 0, 3394 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3395 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3396 /*Mutable=*/false); 3397 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3398 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3399 } 3400 3401 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3402 } 3403 3404 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 3405} 3406 3407void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 3408 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3409 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 3410 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3411} 3412 3413// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings. 3414QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const { 3415 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) { 3416 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = 3417 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3418 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString")); 3419 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3420 3421 QualType FieldTypes[3]; 3422 3423 // const int *isa; 3424 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 3425 // const char *str; 3426 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 3427 // unsigned int length; 3428 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy; 3429 3430 // Create fields 3431 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { 3432 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl, 3433 SourceLocation(), 0, 3434 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3435 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3436 /*Mutable=*/false); 3437 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3438 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3439 } 3440 3441 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3442 } 3443 3444 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl); 3445} 3446 3447void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) { 3448 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3449 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType"); 3450 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3451} 3452 3453QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const { 3454 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) { 3455 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = 3456 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3457 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState")); 3458 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3459 3460 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3461 UnsignedLongTy, 3462 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType), 3463 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy), 3464 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy, 3465 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0) 3466 }; 3467 3468 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3469 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, 3470 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl, 3471 SourceLocation(), 0, 3472 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3473 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3474 /*Mutable=*/false); 3475 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3476 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3477 } 3478 3479 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3480 } 3481 3482 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl); 3483} 3484 3485QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 3486 if (BlockDescriptorType) 3487 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 3488 3489 RecordDecl *T; 3490 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 3491 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3492 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 3493 T->startDefinition(); 3494 3495 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3496 UnsignedLongTy, 3497 UnsignedLongTy, 3498 }; 3499 3500 const char *FieldNames[] = { 3501 "reserved", 3502 "Size" 3503 }; 3504 3505 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 3506 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, 3507 T, 3508 SourceLocation(), 3509 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3510 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3511 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3512 /*Mutable=*/false); 3513 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3514 T->addDecl(Field); 3515 } 3516 3517 T->completeDefinition(); 3518 3519 BlockDescriptorType = T; 3520 3521 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 3522} 3523 3524void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) { 3525 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3526 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType"); 3527 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl(); 3528} 3529 3530QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 3531 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 3532 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 3533 3534 RecordDecl *T; 3535 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 3536 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3537 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 3538 T->startDefinition(); 3539 3540 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3541 UnsignedLongTy, 3542 UnsignedLongTy, 3543 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3544 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 3545 }; 3546 3547 const char *FieldNames[] = { 3548 "reserved", 3549 "Size", 3550 "CopyFuncPtr", 3551 "DestroyFuncPtr" 3552 }; 3553 3554 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3555 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, 3556 T, 3557 SourceLocation(), 3558 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3559 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3560 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3561 /*Mutable=*/false); 3562 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3563 T->addDecl(Field); 3564 } 3565 3566 T->completeDefinition(); 3567 3568 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 3569 3570 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 3571} 3572 3573void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) { 3574 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3575 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType"); 3576 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl(); 3577} 3578 3579bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const { 3580 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 3581 return true; 3582 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty)) 3583 return true; 3584 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3585 return true; 3586 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3587 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3588 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3589 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this); 3590 3591 } 3592 } 3593 return false; 3594} 3595 3596QualType 3597ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const { 3598 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X { 3599 // void *__isa; 3600 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding; 3601 // unsigned int __flags; 3602 // unsigned int __size; 3603 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed 3604 // void *__destroy_help // as needed 3605 // int X; 3606 // } * 3607 3608 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty); 3609 3610 // FIXME: Move up 3611 llvm::SmallString<36> Name; 3612 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" << 3613 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName; 3614 RecordDecl *T; 3615 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3616 &Idents.get(Name.str())); 3617 T->startDefinition(); 3618 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy; 3619 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported"); 3620 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3621 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3622 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)), 3623 Int32Ty, 3624 Int32Ty, 3625 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3626 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3627 Ty 3628 }; 3629 3630 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = { 3631 "__isa", 3632 "__forwarding", 3633 "__flags", 3634 "__size", 3635 "__copy_helper", 3636 "__destroy_helper", 3637 DeclName, 3638 }; 3639 3640 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) { 3641 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5) 3642 continue; 3643 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 3644 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3645 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3646 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 3647 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3648 T->addDecl(Field); 3649 } 3650 3651 T->completeDefinition(); 3652 3653 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 3654} 3655 3656void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) { 3657 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3658 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType"); 3659 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3660} 3661 3662// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 3663// typedef <type> BOOL; 3664static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 3665 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 3666 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 3667 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 3668 3669 return false; 3670} 3671 3672/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 3673/// purpose. 3674CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 3675 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 3676 3677 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 3678 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 3679 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 3680 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 3681 else if (type->isArrayType()) 3682 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 3683 return sz; 3684} 3685 3686static inline 3687std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 3688 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 3689} 3690 3691/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 3692/// declaration. 3693std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 3694 std::string S; 3695 3696 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 3697 QualType BlockTy = 3698 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3699 // Encode result type. 3700 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S); 3701 // Compute size of all parameters. 3702 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 3703 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 3704 SourceLocation Loc; 3705 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 3706 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 3707 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3708 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3709 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 3710 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3711 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 3712 ParmOffset += sz; 3713 } 3714 // Size of the argument frame 3715 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3716 // Block pointer and offset. 3717 S += "@?0"; 3718 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 3719 3720 // Argument types. 3721 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 3722 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 3723 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3724 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 3725 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 3726 if (const ArrayType *AT = 3727 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 3728 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 3729 // elements. 3730 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 3731 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3732 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 3733 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3734 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 3735 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3736 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3737 } 3738 3739 return S; 3740} 3741 3742void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 3743 std::string& S) { 3744 // Encode result type. 3745 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 3746 CharUnits ParmOffset; 3747 // Compute size of all parameters. 3748 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3749 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3750 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 3751 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3752 assert (sz.isPositive() && 3753 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 3754 ParmOffset += sz; 3755 } 3756 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3757 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 3758 3759 // Argument types. 3760 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3761 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3762 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 3763 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 3764 if (const ArrayType *AT = 3765 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 3766 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 3767 // elements. 3768 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 3769 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3770 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 3771 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3772 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 3773 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3774 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3775 } 3776} 3777 3778/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 3779/// declaration. 3780void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 3781 std::string& S) const { 3782 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 3783 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type. 3784 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S); 3785 // Encode result type. 3786 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 3787 // Compute size of all parameters. 3788 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 3789 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 3790 SourceLocation Loc; 3791 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 3792 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 3793 // their size. 3794 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 3795 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3796 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3797 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 3798 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3799 assert (sz.isPositive() && 3800 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 3801 ParmOffset += sz; 3802 } 3803 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3804 S += "@0:"; 3805 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 3806 3807 // Argument types. 3808 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 3809 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3810 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3811 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 3812 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 3813 if (const ArrayType *AT = 3814 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 3815 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 3816 // elements. 3817 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 3818 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3819 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 3820 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3821 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as, 3822 // 'in', 'inout', etc. 3823 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S); 3824 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 3825 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3826 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3827 } 3828} 3829 3830/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 3831/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 3832/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 3833/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 3834/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 3835/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 3836/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 3837/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 3838/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 3839/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 3840/// @code 3841/// enum PropertyAttributes { 3842/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 3843/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 3844/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 3845/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 3846/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 3847/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 3848/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 3849/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding. 3850/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 3851/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 3852/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 3853/// }; 3854/// @endcode 3855void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3856 const Decl *Container, 3857 std::string& S) const { 3858 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 3859 bool Dynamic = false; 3860 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 3861 3862 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 3863 if (Container) { 3864 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 3865 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 3866 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 3867 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 3868 i != e; ++i) { 3869 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 3870 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 3871 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 3872 Dynamic = true; 3873 } else { 3874 SynthesizePID = PID; 3875 } 3876 } 3877 } 3878 } else { 3879 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 3880 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 3881 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 3882 i != e; ++i) { 3883 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 3884 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 3885 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 3886 Dynamic = true; 3887 } else { 3888 SynthesizePID = PID; 3889 } 3890 } 3891 } 3892 } 3893 } 3894 3895 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 3896 S = "T"; 3897 3898 // Encode result type. 3899 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 3900 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 3901 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 3902 true /* outermost type */, 3903 true /* encoding for property */); 3904 3905 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 3906 S += ",R"; 3907 } else { 3908 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 3909 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 3910 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 3911 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 3912 } 3913 } 3914 3915 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 3916 // are "dynamic by default". 3917 if (Dynamic) 3918 S += ",D"; 3919 3920 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 3921 S += ",N"; 3922 3923 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 3924 S += ",G"; 3925 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 3926 } 3927 3928 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 3929 S += ",S"; 3930 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 3931 } 3932 3933 if (SynthesizePID) { 3934 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 3935 S += ",V"; 3936 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 3937 } 3938 3939 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 3940} 3941 3942/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 3943/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 3944/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 3945/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 3946/// 3947void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 3948 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 3949 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3950 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 3951 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 3952 else 3953 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 3954 PointeeTy = IntTy; 3955 } 3956 } 3957} 3958 3959void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 3960 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 3961 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 3962 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 3963 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 3964 // same type. 3965 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 3966 true /* outermost type */); 3967} 3968 3969static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 3970 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3971 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind"); 3972 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 3973 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 3974 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3975 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 3976 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 3977 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 3978 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3979 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 3980 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 3981 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 3982 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3983 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 3984 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 3985 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 3986 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 3987 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 3988 case BuiltinType::Long: 3989 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 3990 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 3991 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 3992 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 3993 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 3994 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 3995 } 3996} 3997 3998static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 3999 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4000 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth(); 4001 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4002 S += 'b'; 4003 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4004 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4005 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4006 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4007 // 4008 // struct 4009 // { 4010 // int integer; 4011 // int flags:2; 4012 // }; 4013 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4014 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4015 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4016 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4017 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4018 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) { 4019 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4020 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4021 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might 4022 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the 4023 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used. 4024 unsigned i = 0; 4025 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(), 4026 FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); 4027 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) { 4028 if (*Field == FD) 4029 break; 4030 } 4031 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i)); 4032 if (T->isEnumeralType()) 4033 S += 'i'; 4034 else 4035 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4036 } 4037 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue(); 4038 S += llvm::utostr(N); 4039} 4040 4041// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4042void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4043 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4044 bool ExpandStructures, 4045 const FieldDecl *FD, 4046 bool OutermostType, 4047 bool EncodingProperty) const { 4048 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4049 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4050 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4051 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4052 return; 4053 } 4054 4055 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4056 S += 'j'; 4057 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4058 false); 4059 return; 4060 } 4061 4062 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4063 QualType PointeeTy; 4064 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4065 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4066 S += ':'; 4067 return; 4068 } 4069 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4070 } 4071 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4072 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4073 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4074 bool isReadOnly = false; 4075 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4076 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4077 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4078 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4079 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4080 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4081 isReadOnly = true; 4082 S += 'r'; 4083 } 4084 } else if (OutermostType) { 4085 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4086 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4087 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4088 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4089 isReadOnly = true; 4090 S += 'r'; 4091 } 4092 } 4093 if (isReadOnly) { 4094 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4095 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4096 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4097 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4098 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4099 } 4100 4101 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4102 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4103 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4104 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4105 S += '*'; 4106 return; 4107 } 4108 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4109 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4110 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4111 S += '#'; 4112 return; 4113 } 4114 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4115 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4116 S += '@'; 4117 return; 4118 } 4119 // fall through... 4120 } 4121 S += '^'; 4122 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4123 4124 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4125 NULL); 4126 return; 4127 } 4128 4129 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4130 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4131 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4132 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 4133 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4134 S += '^'; 4135 4136 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4137 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4138 } else { 4139 S += '['; 4140 4141 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4142 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4143 else { 4144 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4145 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!"); 4146 S += '0'; 4147 } 4148 4149 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4150 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4151 S += ']'; 4152 } 4153 return; 4154 } 4155 4156 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4157 S += '?'; 4158 return; 4159 } 4160 4161 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4162 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4163 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4164 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4165 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4166 S += II->getName(); 4167 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4168 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4169 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4170 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4171 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4172 TemplateArgs.data(), 4173 TemplateArgs.size(), 4174 (*this).PrintingPolicy); 4175 4176 S += TemplateArgsStr; 4177 } 4178 } else { 4179 S += '?'; 4180 } 4181 if (ExpandStructures) { 4182 S += '='; 4183 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4184 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4185 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 4186 if (FD) { 4187 S += '"'; 4188 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 4189 S += '"'; 4190 } 4191 4192 // Special case bit-fields. 4193 if (Field->isBitField()) { 4194 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 4195 (*Field)); 4196 } else { 4197 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 4198 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4199 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 4200 FD); 4201 } 4202 } 4203 } 4204 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 4205 return; 4206 } 4207 4208 if (T->isEnumeralType()) { 4209 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4210 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4211 else 4212 S += 'i'; 4213 return; 4214 } 4215 4216 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 4217 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 4218 return; 4219 } 4220 4221 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 4222 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 4223 T = OT->getBaseType(); 4224 4225 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 4226 // @encode(class_name) 4227 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 4228 S += '{'; 4229 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 4230 S += II->getName(); 4231 S += '='; 4232 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 4233 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 4234 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4235 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 4236 if (Field->isBitField()) 4237 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 4238 else 4239 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 4240 } 4241 S += '}'; 4242 return; 4243 } 4244 4245 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 4246 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 4247 S += '@'; 4248 return; 4249 } 4250 4251 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 4252 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 4253 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 4254 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 4255 S += '#'; 4256 return; 4257 } 4258 4259 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4260 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 4261 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4262 ExpandStructures, FD); 4263 if (FD || EncodingProperty) { 4264 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 4265 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 4266 S += '"'; 4267 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4268 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4269 S += '<'; 4270 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4271 S += '>'; 4272 } 4273 S += '"'; 4274 } 4275 return; 4276 } 4277 4278 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 4279 if (!EncodingProperty && 4280 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4281 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 4282 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 4283 // {...}; 4284 S += '^'; 4285 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 4286 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4287 NULL); 4288 return; 4289 } 4290 4291 S += '@'; 4292 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) { 4293 S += '"'; 4294 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4295 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4296 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4297 S += '<'; 4298 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4299 S += '>'; 4300 } 4301 S += '"'; 4302 } 4303 return; 4304 } 4305 4306 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 4307 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 4308 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 4309 return; 4310 4311 if (T->isVectorType()) { 4312 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 4313 // insufficient. 4314 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 4315 return; 4316 } 4317 4318 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!"); 4319} 4320 4321void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4322 std::string& S) const { 4323 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 4324 S += 'n'; 4325 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 4326 S += 'N'; 4327 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 4328 S += 'o'; 4329 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 4330 S += 'O'; 4331 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 4332 S += 'R'; 4333 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 4334 S += 'V'; 4335} 4336 4337void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) { 4338 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!"); 4339 4340 BuiltinVaListType = T; 4341} 4342 4343void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) { 4344 ObjCIdTypedefType = T; 4345} 4346 4347void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) { 4348 ObjCSelTypedefType = T; 4349} 4350 4351void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) { 4352 ObjCProtoType = QT; 4353} 4354 4355void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) { 4356 ObjCClassTypedefType = T; 4357} 4358 4359void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 4360 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 4361 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 4362 4363 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 4364} 4365 4366/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 4367/// lookup. 4368TemplateName 4369ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 4370 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 4371 unsigned size = End - Begin; 4372 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 4373 4374 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 4375 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 4376 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 4377 4378 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 4379 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 4380 NamedDecl *D = *I; 4381 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 4382 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 4383 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 4384 *Storage++ = D; 4385 } 4386 4387 return TemplateName(OT); 4388} 4389 4390/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 4391/// template name such as \c std::vector. 4392TemplateName 4393ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 4394 bool TemplateKeyword, 4395 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 4396 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 4397 4398 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 4399 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4400 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 4401 4402 void *InsertPos = 0; 4403 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 4404 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4405 if (!QTN) { 4406 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 4407 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 4408 } 4409 4410 return TemplateName(QTN); 4411} 4412 4413/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 4414/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 4415TemplateName 4416ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 4417 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 4418 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 4419 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 4420 4421 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4422 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 4423 4424 void *InsertPos = 0; 4425 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 4426 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4427 4428 if (QTN) 4429 return TemplateName(QTN); 4430 4431 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 4432 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 4433 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 4434 } else { 4435 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 4436 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 4437 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 4438 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4439 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 4440 (void)CheckQTN; 4441 } 4442 4443 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 4444 return TemplateName(QTN); 4445} 4446 4447/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 4448/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 4449TemplateName 4450ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 4451 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 4452 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 4453 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 4454 4455 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4456 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 4457 4458 void *InsertPos = 0; 4459 DependentTemplateName *QTN 4460 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4461 4462 if (QTN) 4463 return TemplateName(QTN); 4464 4465 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 4466 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 4467 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 4468 } else { 4469 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 4470 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 4471 4472 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 4473 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4474 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 4475 (void)CheckQTN; 4476 } 4477 4478 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 4479 return TemplateName(QTN); 4480} 4481 4482TemplateName 4483ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4484 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 4485 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 4486 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4487 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 4488 4489 void *InsertPos = 0; 4490 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 4491 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4492 4493 if (!Subst) { 4494 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Self, Param, 4495 ArgPack.pack_size(), 4496 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 4497 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 4498 } 4499 4500 return TemplateName(Subst); 4501} 4502 4503/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 4504/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 4505/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 4506CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 4507 switch (Type) { 4508 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 4509 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 4510 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 4511 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 4512 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 4513 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 4514 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 4515 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 4516 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 4517 } 4518 4519 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 4520 return CanQualType(); 4521} 4522 4523//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4524// Type Predicates. 4525//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4526 4527/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using 4528/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type. 4529/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types. 4530/// FIXME: Move to Type. 4531/// 4532bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const { 4533 if (const TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 4534 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl()) 4535 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>()) 4536 return true; 4537 } 4538 return false; 4539} 4540 4541/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 4542/// garbage collection attribute. 4543/// 4544Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 4545 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC) 4546 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 4547 4548 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1); 4549 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 4550 4551 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 4552 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 4553 // as __strong. 4554 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 4555 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4556 return Qualifiers::Strong; 4557 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 4558 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 4559 } else { 4560 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 4561 // pointer. 4562#ifndef NDEBUG 4563 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 4564 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 4565 CT = AT->getElementType(); 4566 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 4567#endif 4568 } 4569 return GCAttrs; 4570} 4571 4572//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4573// Type Compatibility Testing 4574//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4575 4576/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 4577/// compatible. 4578static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 4579 const VectorType *RHS) { 4580 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 4581 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 4582 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 4583} 4584 4585bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 4586 QualType SecondVec) { 4587 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 4588 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 4589 4590 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 4591 return true; 4592 4593 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 4594 // equivalent GCC vector types. 4595 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 4596 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 4597 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 4598 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 4599 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 4600 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 4601 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 4602 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 4603 return true; 4604 4605 return false; 4606} 4607 4608//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4609// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 4610//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4611 4612/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 4613/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 4614bool 4615ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 4616 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 4617 if (lProto == rProto) 4618 return true; 4619 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 4620 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 4621 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 4622 return true; 4623 return false; 4624} 4625 4626/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...> 4627/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 4628/// otherwise. 4629bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 4630 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 4631 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 4632 return false; 4633} 4634 4635/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and 4636/// Class<p1, ...>. 4637bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 4638 QualType rhs) { 4639 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4640 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4641 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 4642 4643 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4644 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4645 bool match = false; 4646 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 4647 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 4648 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4649 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4650 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 4651 match = true; 4652 break; 4653 } 4654 } 4655 if (!match) 4656 return false; 4657 } 4658 return true; 4659} 4660 4661/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 4662/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 4663bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 4664 bool compare) { 4665 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 4666 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 4667 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 4668 return true; 4669 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 4670 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 4671 return true; 4672 4673 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4674 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4675 4676 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 4677 4678 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 4679 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 4680 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 4681 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 4682 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4683 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4684 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 4685 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4686 // through its super class and categories. 4687 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 4688 return false; 4689 } 4690 } 4691 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 4692 return true; 4693 } 4694 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 4695 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4696 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4697 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 4698 bool match = false; 4699 4700 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 4701 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4702 // through its super class and categories. 4703 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 4704 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4705 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4706 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 4707 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 4708 match = true; 4709 break; 4710 } 4711 } 4712 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 4713 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 4714 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 4715 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4716 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4717 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 4718 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4719 // through its super class and categories. 4720 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 4721 match = true; 4722 break; 4723 } 4724 } 4725 } 4726 if (!match) 4727 return false; 4728 } 4729 4730 return true; 4731 } 4732 4733 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 4734 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 4735 4736 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 4737 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 4738 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 4739 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 4740 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4741 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 4742 bool match = false; 4743 4744 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 4745 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4746 // through its super class and categories. 4747 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 4748 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 4749 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 4750 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4751 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4752 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 4753 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 4754 match = true; 4755 break; 4756 } 4757 } 4758 if (!match) 4759 return false; 4760 } 4761 4762 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 4763 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 4764 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 4765 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 4766 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 4767 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 4768 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 4769 // assume that it is mismatch. 4770 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 4771 return false; 4772 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 4773 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 4774 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 4775 bool match = false; 4776 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 4777 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 4778 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4779 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4780 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 4781 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 4782 match = true; 4783 break; 4784 } 4785 } 4786 if (!match) 4787 return false; 4788 } 4789 } 4790 return true; 4791 } 4792 return false; 4793} 4794 4795/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 4796/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 4797/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 4798/// 4799bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 4800 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 4801 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4802 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4803 4804 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 4805 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 4806 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 4807 return true; 4808 4809 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 4810 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 4811 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 4812 false); 4813 4814 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 4815 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 4816 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 4817 4818 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 4819 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 4820 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 4821 4822 return false; 4823} 4824 4825/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 4826/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 4827/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 4828/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 4829/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 4830bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 4831 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 4832 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 4833 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 4834 return true; 4835 4836 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 4837 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 4838 } 4839 4840 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 4841 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 4842 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 4843 false); 4844 4845 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 4846 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 4847 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 4848 if (LHS != RHS) { 4849 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 4850 return false; 4851 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 4852 return true; 4853 } 4854 else 4855 return true; 4856 } 4857 return false; 4858} 4859 4860/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 4861/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 4862/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 4863/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 4864static 4865void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 4866 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 4867 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 4868 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 4869 4870 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4871 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4872 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 4873 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 4874 4875 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 4876 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 4877 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 4878 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 4879 else { 4880 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 4881 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 4882 LHSInheritedProtocols); 4883 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 4884 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 4885 } 4886 4887 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 4888 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 4889 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 4890 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 4891 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 4892 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 4893 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 4894 } 4895 else { 4896 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 4897 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 4898 RHSInheritedProtocols); 4899 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 4900 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 4901 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 4902 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 4903 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 4904 } 4905} 4906 4907/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 4908/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 4909/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 4910/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 4911QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 4912 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 4913 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 4914 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 4915 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 4916 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 4917 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 4918 if (!LDecl || !RDecl) 4919 return QualType(); 4920 4921 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) { 4922 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 4923 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 4924 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 4925 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 4926 4927 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 4928 if (!Protocols.empty()) 4929 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 4930 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 4931 return Result; 4932 } 4933 } 4934 4935 return QualType(); 4936} 4937 4938bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 4939 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 4940 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 4941 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 4942 4943 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 4944 // the LHS. 4945 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 4946 return false; 4947 4948 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 4949 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 4950 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 4951 return true; 4952 4953 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it 4954 // isn't a superset. 4955 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 4956 return true; // FIXME: should return false! 4957 4958 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 4959 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 4960 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 4961 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 4962 4963 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 4964 // are incompatible. 4965 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 4966 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 4967 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 4968 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 4969 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 4970 break; 4971 } 4972 } 4973 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 4974 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 4975 return false; 4976 } 4977 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 4978 return true; 4979} 4980 4981bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 4982 // get the "pointed to" types 4983 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4984 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4985 4986 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 4987 return false; 4988 4989 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 4990 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 4991} 4992 4993bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 4994 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 4995 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 4996 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 4997} 4998 4999/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 5000/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 5001/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 5002/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 5003bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 5004 bool CompareUnqualified) { 5005 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5006 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 5007 5008 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 5009} 5010 5011bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 5012 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 5013} 5014 5015/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 5016/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 5017/// QualType() 5018QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 5019 bool OfBlockPointer, 5020 bool Unqualified) { 5021 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 5022 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 5023 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 5024 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 5025 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 5026 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 5027 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 5028 if (!MT.isNull()) 5029 return MT; 5030 } 5031 } 5032 } 5033 5034 return QualType(); 5035} 5036 5037/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 5038/// argument types 5039QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5040 bool OfBlockPointer, 5041 bool Unqualified) { 5042 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 5043 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 5044 // type is compatible with a union member 5045 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 5046 Unqualified); 5047 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 5048 return lmerge; 5049 5050 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 5051 Unqualified); 5052 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 5053 return rmerge; 5054 5055 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 5056} 5057 5058QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5059 bool OfBlockPointer, 5060 bool Unqualified) { 5061 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5062 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5063 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 5064 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 5065 bool allLTypes = true; 5066 bool allRTypes = true; 5067 5068 // Check return type 5069 QualType retType; 5070 if (OfBlockPointer) { 5071 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 5072 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 5073 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 5074 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 5075 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 5076 retType = mergeTypes(RHS, LHS, true, UnqualifiedResult); 5077 } 5078 else 5079 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 5080 Unqualified); 5081 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5082 5083 if (Unqualified) 5084 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 5085 5086 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 5087 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 5088 if (Unqualified) { 5089 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 5090 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 5091 } 5092 5093 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 5094 allLTypes = false; 5095 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 5096 allRTypes = false; 5097 5098 // FIXME: double check this 5099 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 5100 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 5101 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 5102 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 5103 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 5104 5105 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 5106 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 5107 return QualType(); 5108 5109 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 5110 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 5111 return QualType(); 5112 5113 // It's noreturn if either type is. 5114 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 5115 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 5116 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 5117 allLTypes = false; 5118 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 5119 allRTypes = false; 5120 5121 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn, 5122 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(), 5123 lbaseInfo.getCC()); 5124 5125 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 5126 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 5127 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 5128 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 5129 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 5130 5131 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 5132 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 5133 return QualType(); 5134 5135 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 5136 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 5137 return QualType(); 5138 5139 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 5140 return QualType(); 5141 5142 // Check argument compatibility 5143 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 5144 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 5145 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 5146 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 5147 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 5148 OfBlockPointer, 5149 Unqualified); 5150 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 5151 5152 if (Unqualified) 5153 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 5154 5155 types.push_back(argtype); 5156 if (Unqualified) { 5157 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 5158 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 5159 } 5160 5161 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 5162 allLTypes = false; 5163 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 5164 allRTypes = false; 5165 } 5166 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5167 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5168 5169 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 5170 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 5171 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 5172 } 5173 5174 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 5175 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 5176 5177 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 5178 if (proto) { 5179 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 5180 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 5181 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 5182 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 5183 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 5184 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 5185 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 5186 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 5187 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 5188 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 5189 5190 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used 5191 // to pass enum values. 5192 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5193 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 5194 5195 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 5196 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 5197 return QualType(); 5198 } 5199 5200 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5201 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5202 5203 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 5204 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 5205 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 5206 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5207 } 5208 5209 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5210 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5211 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 5212} 5213 5214QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 5215 bool OfBlockPointer, 5216 bool Unqualified) { 5217 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 5218 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 5219 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 5220 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 5221 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 5222 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 5223 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 5224 5225 if (Unqualified) { 5226 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 5227 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 5228 } 5229 5230 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 5231 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 5232 5233 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 5234 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 5235 return LHS; 5236 5237 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 5238 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5239 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5240 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 5241 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 5242 // mismatch. 5243 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 5244 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 5245 return QualType(); 5246 5247 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 5248 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 5249 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 5250 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 5251 // qualified __strong. 5252 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5253 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5254 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 5255 5256 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 5257 return QualType(); 5258 5259 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5260 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 5261 } 5262 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5263 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 5264 } 5265 return QualType(); 5266 } 5267 5268 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 5269 5270 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 5271 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 5272 5273 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 5274 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 5275 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 5276 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 5277 5278 // Same as above for arrays 5279 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 5280 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 5281 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 5282 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 5283 5284 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 5285 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 5286 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 5287 5288 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 5289 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 5290 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 5291 5292 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 5293 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 5294 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 5295 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 5296 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 5297 // type. 5298 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5299 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) 5300 return RHS; 5301 } 5302 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5303 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) 5304 return LHS; 5305 } 5306 5307 return QualType(); 5308 } 5309 5310 // The canonical type classes match. 5311 switch (LHSClass) { 5312#define TYPE(Class, Base) 5313#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 5314#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5315#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5316#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5317#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5318 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 5319 return QualType(); 5320 5321 case Type::LValueReference: 5322 case Type::RValueReference: 5323 case Type::MemberPointer: 5324 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 5325 return QualType(); 5326 5327 case Type::ObjCInterface: 5328 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5329 case Type::VariableArray: 5330 case Type::FunctionProto: 5331 case Type::ExtVector: 5332 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above"); 5333 return QualType(); 5334 5335 case Type::Pointer: 5336 { 5337 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 5338 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5339 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5340 if (Unqualified) { 5341 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5342 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5343 } 5344 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 5345 Unqualified); 5346 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5347 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5348 return LHS; 5349 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5350 return RHS; 5351 return getPointerType(ResultType); 5352 } 5353 case Type::BlockPointer: 5354 { 5355 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 5356 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5357 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5358 if (Unqualified) { 5359 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5360 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5361 } 5362 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 5363 Unqualified); 5364 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5365 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5366 return LHS; 5367 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5368 return RHS; 5369 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 5370 } 5371 case Type::ConstantArray: 5372 { 5373 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 5374 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 5375 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 5376 return QualType(); 5377 5378 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 5379 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 5380 if (Unqualified) { 5381 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 5382 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 5383 } 5384 5385 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 5386 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5387 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5388 return LHS; 5389 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5390 return RHS; 5391 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 5392 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 5393 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 5394 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 5395 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 5396 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 5397 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5398 return LHS; 5399 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5400 return RHS; 5401 if (LVAT) { 5402 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 5403 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 5404 // has to be different. 5405 return LHS; 5406 } 5407 if (RVAT) { 5408 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 5409 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 5410 // has to be different. 5411 return RHS; 5412 } 5413 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 5414 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 5415 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 5416 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 5417 } 5418 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5419 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 5420 case Type::Record: 5421 case Type::Enum: 5422 return QualType(); 5423 case Type::Builtin: 5424 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 5425 return QualType(); 5426 case Type::Complex: 5427 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 5428 return QualType(); 5429 case Type::Vector: 5430 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 5431 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 5432 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 5433 return LHS; 5434 return QualType(); 5435 case Type::ObjCObject: { 5436 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 5437 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 5438 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 5439 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 5440 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 5441 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 5442 return LHS; 5443 5444 return QualType(); 5445 } 5446 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5447 if (OfBlockPointer) { 5448 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 5449 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 5450 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 5451 return LHS; 5452 return QualType(); 5453 } 5454 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 5455 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 5456 return LHS; 5457 5458 return QualType(); 5459 } 5460 } 5461 5462 return QualType(); 5463} 5464 5465/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 5466/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 5467/// return types. 5468QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 5469 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 5470 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 5471 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 5472 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 5473 return LHS; 5474 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 5475 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 5476 return QualType(); 5477 QualType OldReturnType = 5478 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 5479 QualType NewReturnType = 5480 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 5481 QualType ResReturnType = 5482 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 5483 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 5484 return QualType(); 5485 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 5486 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 5487 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 5488 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5489 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 5490 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5491 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 5492 QualType ResultType 5493 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5494 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5495 return ResultType; 5496 } 5497 } 5498 return QualType(); 5499 } 5500 5501 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 5502 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5503 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5504 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 5505 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 5506 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 5507 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 5508 return QualType(); 5509 5510 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 5511 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 5512 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 5513 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 5514 // qualified __strong. 5515 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5516 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5517 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 5518 5519 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 5520 return QualType(); 5521 5522 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 5523 return LHS; 5524 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 5525 return RHS; 5526 return QualType(); 5527 } 5528 5529 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5530 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5531 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5532 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 5533 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 5534 return LHS; 5535 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 5536 return RHS; 5537 } 5538 return QualType(); 5539} 5540 5541//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5542// Integer Predicates 5543//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5544 5545unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 5546 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 5547 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5548 if (T->isBooleanType()) 5549 return 1; 5550 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 5551 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 5552} 5553 5554QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { 5555 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 5556 5557 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 5558 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 5559 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 5560 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 5561 5562 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 5563 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5564 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5565 5566 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5567 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 5568 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 5569 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5570 case BuiltinType::SChar: 5571 return UnsignedCharTy; 5572 case BuiltinType::Short: 5573 return UnsignedShortTy; 5574 case BuiltinType::Int: 5575 return UnsignedIntTy; 5576 case BuiltinType::Long: 5577 return UnsignedLongTy; 5578 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 5579 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5580 case BuiltinType::Int128: 5581 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 5582 default: 5583 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 5584 return QualType(); 5585 } 5586} 5587 5588ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 5589 5590 5591//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5592// Builtin Type Computation 5593//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5594 5595/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 5596/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 5597/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 5598/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 5599/// a vector of "i*". 5600/// 5601/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 5602/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 5603static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 5604 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 5605 bool &RequiresICE, 5606 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 5607 // Modifiers. 5608 int HowLong = 0; 5609 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 5610 RequiresICE = false; 5611 5612 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 5613 bool Done = false; 5614 while (!Done) { 5615 switch (*Str++) { 5616 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 5617 case 'I': 5618 RequiresICE = true; 5619 break; 5620 case 'S': 5621 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 5622 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 5623 Signed = true; 5624 break; 5625 case 'U': 5626 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 5627 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 5628 Unsigned = true; 5629 break; 5630 case 'L': 5631 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 5632 ++HowLong; 5633 break; 5634 } 5635 } 5636 5637 QualType Type; 5638 5639 // Read the base type. 5640 switch (*Str++) { 5641 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!"); 5642 case 'v': 5643 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 5644 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 5645 Type = Context.VoidTy; 5646 break; 5647 case 'f': 5648 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 5649 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 5650 Type = Context.FloatTy; 5651 break; 5652 case 'd': 5653 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 5654 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 5655 if (HowLong) 5656 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 5657 else 5658 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 5659 break; 5660 case 's': 5661 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 5662 if (Unsigned) 5663 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 5664 else 5665 Type = Context.ShortTy; 5666 break; 5667 case 'i': 5668 if (HowLong == 3) 5669 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 5670 else if (HowLong == 2) 5671 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 5672 else if (HowLong == 1) 5673 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 5674 else 5675 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 5676 break; 5677 case 'c': 5678 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 5679 if (Signed) 5680 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 5681 else if (Unsigned) 5682 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 5683 else 5684 Type = Context.CharTy; 5685 break; 5686 case 'b': // boolean 5687 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 5688 Type = Context.BoolTy; 5689 break; 5690 case 'z': // size_t. 5691 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 5692 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 5693 break; 5694 case 'F': 5695 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 5696 break; 5697 case 'G': 5698 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 5699 break; 5700 case 'H': 5701 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 5702 break; 5703 case 'a': 5704 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 5705 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 5706 break; 5707 case 'A': 5708 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 5709 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 5710 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 5711 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 5712 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 5713 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 5714 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 5715 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 5716 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 5717 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 5718 if (Type->isArrayType()) 5719 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 5720 else 5721 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 5722 break; 5723 case 'V': { 5724 char *End; 5725 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 5726 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 5727 Str = End; 5728 5729 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 5730 RequiresICE, false); 5731 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 5732 5733 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 5734 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 5735 VectorType::GenericVector); 5736 break; 5737 } 5738 case 'X': { 5739 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 5740 false); 5741 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 5742 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 5743 break; 5744 } 5745 case 'P': 5746 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 5747 if (Type.isNull()) { 5748 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 5749 return QualType(); 5750 } 5751 break; 5752 case 'J': 5753 if (Signed) 5754 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 5755 else 5756 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 5757 5758 if (Type.isNull()) { 5759 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 5760 return QualType(); 5761 } 5762 break; 5763 } 5764 5765 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 5766 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 5767 while (!Done) { 5768 switch (char c = *Str++) { 5769 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 5770 case '*': 5771 case '&': { 5772 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 5773 // qualified with an address space. 5774 char *End; 5775 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 5776 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 5777 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 5778 Str = End; 5779 } 5780 if (c == '*') 5781 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 5782 else 5783 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 5784 break; 5785 } 5786 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 5787 case 'C': 5788 Type = Type.withConst(); 5789 break; 5790 case 'D': 5791 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 5792 break; 5793 } 5794 } 5795 5796 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 5797 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 5798 5799 return Type; 5800} 5801 5802/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 5803QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 5804 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 5805 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 5806 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 5807 5808 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 5809 5810 bool RequiresICE = false; 5811 Error = GE_None; 5812 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 5813 RequiresICE, true); 5814 if (Error != GE_None) 5815 return QualType(); 5816 5817 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 5818 5819 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 5820 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 5821 if (Error != GE_None) 5822 return QualType(); 5823 5824 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 5825 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 5826 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 5827 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 5828 5829 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 5830 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5831 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 5832 5833 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 5834 } 5835 5836 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 5837 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 5838 5839 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 5840 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 5841 5842 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 5843 5844 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 5845 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 5846 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 5847 5848 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5849 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 5850 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 5851 5852 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 5853} 5854 5855GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5856 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 5857 5858 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 5859 switch (L) { 5860 case NoLinkage: 5861 case InternalLinkage: 5862 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 5863 return GVA_Internal; 5864 5865 case ExternalLinkage: 5866 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 5867 case TSK_Undeclared: 5868 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 5869 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 5870 break; 5871 5872 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 5873 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 5874 5875 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 5876 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 5877 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 5878 break; 5879 } 5880 } 5881 5882 if (!FD->isInlined()) 5883 return External; 5884 5885 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 5886 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 5887 // externally visible. 5888 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 5889 return External; 5890 5891 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 5892 return GVA_C99Inline; 5893 } 5894 5895 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 5896 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 5897 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 5898 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 5899 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 5900 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 5901 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 5902 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 5903 return GVA_C99Inline; 5904 5905 return GVA_CXXInline; 5906} 5907 5908GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 5909 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 5910 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 5911 // template. 5912 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 5913 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 5914 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 5915 5916 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 5917 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5918 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 5919 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 5920 5921 switch (L) { 5922 case NoLinkage: 5923 case InternalLinkage: 5924 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 5925 return GVA_Internal; 5926 5927 case ExternalLinkage: 5928 switch (TSK) { 5929 case TSK_Undeclared: 5930 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 5931 return GVA_StrongExternal; 5932 5933 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 5934 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 5935 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 5936 5937 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 5938 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 5939 5940 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 5941 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 5942 } 5943 } 5944 5945 return GVA_StrongExternal; 5946} 5947 5948bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 5949 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 5950 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 5951 return false; 5952 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5953 return false; 5954 5955 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 5956 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 5957 return false; 5958 5959 // Aliases and used decls are required. 5960 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 5961 return true; 5962 5963 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5964 // Forward declarations aren't required. 5965 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 5966 return false; 5967 5968 // Constructors and destructors are required. 5969 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 5970 return true; 5971 5972 // The key function for a class is required. 5973 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5974 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 5975 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 5976 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 5977 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 5978 return true; 5979 } 5980 } 5981 5982 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 5983 5984 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 5985 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 5986 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 5987 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 5988 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 5989 return false; 5990 return true; 5991 } 5992 5993 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 5994 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 5995 5996 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 5997 return false; 5998 5999 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required. 6000 6001 // FIXME: Handle references. 6002 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6003 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) { 6004 if (RD->hasDefinition() && 6005 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) 6006 return true; 6007 } 6008 } 6009 6010 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 6011 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) { 6012 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))) 6013 return false; 6014 } 6015 6016 return true; 6017} 6018 6019CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() { 6020 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 6021 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(); 6022} 6023 6024bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 6025 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 6026 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 6027} 6028 6029MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 6030 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) { 6031 case CXXABI_ARM: 6032 case CXXABI_Itanium: 6033 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 6034 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 6035 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 6036 } 6037 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI"); 6038 return 0; 6039} 6040 6041CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 6042